1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * 99 */ 100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 101 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 103 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 114 }; 115 116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 117 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 118 119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 121 122 /** 123 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 124 * 125 * This structure describes a single channel for use 126 * with cfg80211. 127 * 128 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 129 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 130 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 131 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 132 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 133 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 134 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 135 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 136 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 137 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 138 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 139 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 140 * @orig_mag: internal use 141 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 142 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 143 * on this channel. 144 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 145 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 146 */ 147 struct ieee80211_channel { 148 enum nl80211_band band; 149 u32 center_freq; 150 u16 hw_value; 151 u32 flags; 152 int max_antenna_gain; 153 int max_power; 154 int max_reg_power; 155 bool beacon_found; 156 u32 orig_flags; 157 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 158 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 159 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 160 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 161 }; 162 163 /** 164 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 165 * 166 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 167 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 168 * different bands/PHY modes. 169 * 170 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 171 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 172 * with CCK rates. 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 174 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 175 * core code when registering the wiphy. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 185 */ 186 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 187 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 188 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 189 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 194 }; 195 196 /** 197 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 200 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 204 */ 205 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 206 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 207 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 211 }; 212 213 /** 214 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 215 * 216 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 217 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 219 */ 220 enum ieee80211_privacy { 221 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 222 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 224 }; 225 226 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 227 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 228 229 /** 230 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 231 * 232 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 233 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 234 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 235 * passed around. 236 * 237 * @flags: rate-specific flags 238 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 239 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 240 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 241 * short preamble is used 242 */ 243 struct ieee80211_rate { 244 u32 flags; 245 u16 bitrate; 246 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 251 * 252 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 253 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 254 * 255 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 256 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 257 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 258 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 259 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 260 */ 261 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 262 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 263 bool ht_supported; 264 u8 ampdu_factor; 265 u8 ampdu_density; 266 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 267 }; 268 269 /** 270 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 271 * 272 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 273 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 274 * 275 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 276 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 277 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 278 */ 279 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 280 bool vht_supported; 281 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 282 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 283 }; 284 285 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 286 287 /** 288 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 289 * 290 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 291 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 292 * 293 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 294 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 295 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 296 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 297 */ 298 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 299 bool has_he; 300 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 301 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 302 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 303 }; 304 305 /** 306 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 307 * 308 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 309 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 310 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 311 * 312 * @types_mask: interface types mask 313 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 314 */ 315 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 316 u16 types_mask; 317 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 318 }; 319 320 /** 321 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 322 * 323 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 324 * is able to operate in. 325 * 326 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 327 * in this band. 328 * @band: the band this structure represents 329 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 330 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 331 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 332 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 333 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 334 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 335 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 336 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 337 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 338 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 339 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 340 * iftype_data). 341 */ 342 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 343 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 344 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 345 enum nl80211_band band; 346 int n_channels; 347 int n_bitrates; 348 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 349 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 350 u16 n_iftype_data; 351 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 352 }; 353 354 /** 355 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 356 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 357 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 358 * 359 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 360 */ 361 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 362 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 363 u8 iftype) 364 { 365 int i; 366 367 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 368 return NULL; 369 370 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 371 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 372 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 373 374 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 375 return data; 376 } 377 378 return NULL; 379 } 380 381 /** 382 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 383 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 384 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 385 * 386 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 387 */ 388 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 389 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 390 u8 iftype) 391 { 392 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 393 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 394 395 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 396 return &data->he_cap; 397 398 return NULL; 399 } 400 401 /** 402 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 403 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 404 * 405 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 406 */ 407 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 408 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 409 { 410 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 411 } 412 413 /** 414 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 415 * 416 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 417 * 418 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 419 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 420 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 421 * 422 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 423 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 424 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 425 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 426 * without affecting other devices. 427 * 428 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 429 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 430 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 431 */ 432 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 433 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 434 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 435 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 436 { 437 } 438 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 439 440 441 /* 442 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 443 */ 444 445 /** 446 * DOC: Actions and configuration 447 * 448 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 449 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 450 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 451 * operations use are described separately. 452 * 453 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 454 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 455 * 456 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 457 * in a separate chapter. 458 */ 459 460 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 461 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 462 463 /** 464 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 465 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 466 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 467 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 468 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 469 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 470 * determine the address as needed. 471 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 472 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 473 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 474 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 475 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 476 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 477 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 478 */ 479 struct vif_params { 480 u32 flags; 481 int use_4addr; 482 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 483 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 484 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 485 }; 486 487 /** 488 * struct key_params - key information 489 * 490 * Information about a key 491 * 492 * @key: key material 493 * @key_len: length of key material 494 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 495 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 496 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 497 * length given by @seq_len. 498 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 499 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 500 */ 501 struct key_params { 502 const u8 *key; 503 const u8 *seq; 504 int key_len; 505 int seq_len; 506 u32 cipher; 507 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 508 }; 509 510 /** 511 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 512 * @chan: the (control) channel 513 * @width: channel width 514 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 515 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 516 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 517 */ 518 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 519 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 520 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 521 u32 center_freq1; 522 u32 center_freq2; 523 }; 524 525 /** 526 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 527 * @chandef: the channel definition 528 * 529 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 530 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 531 */ 532 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 533 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 534 { 535 switch (chandef->width) { 536 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 537 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 538 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 539 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 540 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 541 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 542 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 543 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 544 default: 545 WARN_ON(1); 546 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 547 } 548 } 549 550 /** 551 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 552 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 553 * @channel: the control channel 554 * @chantype: the channel type 555 * 556 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 557 */ 558 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 559 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 560 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 561 562 /** 563 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 564 * @chandef1: first channel definition 565 * @chandef2: second channel definition 566 * 567 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 568 * identical, %false otherwise. 569 */ 570 static inline bool 571 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 572 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 573 { 574 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 575 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 576 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 577 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 578 } 579 580 /** 581 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 582 * @chandef1: first channel definition 583 * @chandef2: second channel definition 584 * 585 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 586 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 587 */ 588 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 589 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 590 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 591 592 /** 593 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 594 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 595 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 596 */ 597 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 598 599 /** 600 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 601 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 602 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 603 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 604 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 605 */ 606 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 607 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 608 u32 prohibited_flags); 609 610 /** 611 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 612 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 613 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 614 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 615 * Returns: 616 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 617 */ 618 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 619 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 620 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 621 622 /** 623 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 624 * 625 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 626 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 627 * 628 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 629 * 630 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 631 */ 632 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 633 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 634 { 635 switch (chandef->width) { 636 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 637 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 638 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 639 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 640 default: 641 break; 642 } 643 return 0; 644 } 645 646 /** 647 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 648 * 649 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 650 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 651 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 652 * 653 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 654 * 655 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 656 */ 657 static inline int 658 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 659 { 660 switch (chandef->width) { 661 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 662 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 663 chandef->chan->max_power); 664 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 665 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 666 chandef->chan->max_power); 667 default: 668 break; 669 } 670 return chandef->chan->max_power; 671 } 672 673 /** 674 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 675 * 676 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 677 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 678 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 679 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 680 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 681 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 682 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 683 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 684 * 685 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 686 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 687 */ 688 enum survey_info_flags { 689 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 690 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 691 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 692 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 693 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 694 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 695 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 696 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 697 }; 698 699 /** 700 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 701 * 702 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 703 * record to report global statistics 704 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 705 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 706 * optional 707 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 708 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 709 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 710 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 711 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 712 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 713 * 714 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 715 * 716 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 717 * channel duty cycle etc. 718 */ 719 struct survey_info { 720 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 721 u64 time; 722 u64 time_busy; 723 u64 time_ext_busy; 724 u64 time_rx; 725 u64 time_tx; 726 u64 time_scan; 727 u32 filled; 728 s8 noise; 729 }; 730 731 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 732 733 /** 734 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 735 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 736 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 737 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 738 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 739 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 740 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 741 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 742 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 743 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 744 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 745 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 746 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 747 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 748 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 749 * protocol frames. 750 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 751 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 752 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 753 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 754 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 755 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 756 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 757 * offload) 758 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 759 */ 760 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 761 u32 wpa_versions; 762 u32 cipher_group; 763 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 764 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 765 int n_akm_suites; 766 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 767 bool control_port; 768 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 769 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 770 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 771 struct key_params *wep_keys; 772 int wep_tx_key; 773 const u8 *psk; 774 const u8 *sae_pwd; 775 u8 sae_pwd_len; 776 }; 777 778 /** 779 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 780 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 781 * or %NULL if not changed 782 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 783 * or %NULL if not changed 784 * @head_len: length of @head 785 * @tail_len: length of @tail 786 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 787 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 788 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 789 * frames or %NULL 790 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 791 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 792 * Response frames or %NULL 793 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 794 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 795 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 796 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 797 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 798 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 799 * (measurement type 8) 800 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 801 * Token (measurement type 11) 802 * @lci_len: LCI data length 803 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 804 */ 805 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 806 const u8 *head, *tail; 807 const u8 *beacon_ies; 808 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 809 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 810 const u8 *probe_resp; 811 const u8 *lci; 812 const u8 *civicloc; 813 s8 ftm_responder; 814 815 size_t head_len, tail_len; 816 size_t beacon_ies_len; 817 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 818 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 819 size_t probe_resp_len; 820 size_t lci_len; 821 size_t civicloc_len; 822 }; 823 824 struct mac_address { 825 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 826 }; 827 828 /** 829 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 830 * 831 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 832 * entry specified by mac_addr 833 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 834 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 835 */ 836 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 837 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 838 int n_acl_entries; 839 840 /* Keep it last */ 841 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 842 }; 843 844 /* 845 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 846 */ 847 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 848 struct { 849 u32 legacy; 850 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 851 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 852 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 853 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 854 }; 855 856 /** 857 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 858 * 859 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 860 * 861 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 862 */ 863 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 864 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 865 }; 866 867 /** 868 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 869 * 870 * Used to configure an AP interface. 871 * 872 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 873 * @beacon: beacon data 874 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 875 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 876 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 877 * user space) 878 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 879 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 880 * @crypto: crypto settings 881 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 882 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 883 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 884 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 885 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 886 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 887 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 888 * MAC address based access control 889 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 890 * networks. 891 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 892 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 893 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 894 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 895 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 896 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 897 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 898 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 899 */ 900 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 901 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 902 903 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 904 905 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 906 const u8 *ssid; 907 size_t ssid_len; 908 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 909 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 910 bool privacy; 911 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 912 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 913 int inactivity_timeout; 914 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 915 bool p2p_opp_ps; 916 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 917 bool pbss; 918 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 919 920 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 921 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 922 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 923 bool ht_required, vht_required; 924 bool twt_responder; 925 u32 flags; 926 }; 927 928 /** 929 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 930 * 931 * Used for channel switch 932 * 933 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 934 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 935 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 936 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 937 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 938 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 939 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 940 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 941 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 942 * @count: number of beacons until switch 943 */ 944 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 945 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 946 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 947 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 948 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 949 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 950 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 951 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 952 bool radar_required; 953 bool block_tx; 954 u8 count; 955 }; 956 957 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 958 959 /** 960 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 961 * 962 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 963 * 964 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 965 * to use for verification 966 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 967 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 968 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 969 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 970 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 971 * nl80211_iftype. 972 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 973 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 974 * the verification 975 */ 976 struct iface_combination_params { 977 int num_different_channels; 978 u8 radar_detect; 979 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 980 u32 new_beacon_int; 981 }; 982 983 /** 984 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 985 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 986 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 987 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 988 * 989 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 990 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 991 */ 992 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 993 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 994 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 995 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 996 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 997 }; 998 999 /** 1000 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1001 * 1002 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1003 * 1004 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1005 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1006 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1007 * power per-interface or per-station. 1008 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1009 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1010 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1011 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1012 * per peer TPC. 1013 */ 1014 struct sta_txpwr { 1015 s16 power; 1016 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1017 }; 1018 1019 /** 1020 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1021 * 1022 * Used to change and create a new station. 1023 * 1024 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1025 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1026 * (or NULL for no change) 1027 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1028 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1029 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1030 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1031 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1032 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1033 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1034 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1035 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1036 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1037 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1038 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1039 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1040 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1041 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1042 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1043 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1044 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1045 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1046 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1047 * to unknown) 1048 * @capability: station capability 1049 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1050 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1051 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1052 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1053 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1054 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1055 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1056 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1057 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1058 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1059 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1060 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1061 */ 1062 struct station_parameters { 1063 const u8 *supported_rates; 1064 struct net_device *vlan; 1065 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1066 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1067 int listen_interval; 1068 u16 aid; 1069 u16 peer_aid; 1070 u8 supported_rates_len; 1071 u8 plink_action; 1072 u8 plink_state; 1073 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1074 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1075 u8 uapsd_queues; 1076 u8 max_sp; 1077 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1078 u16 capability; 1079 const u8 *ext_capab; 1080 u8 ext_capab_len; 1081 const u8 *supported_channels; 1082 u8 supported_channels_len; 1083 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1084 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1085 u8 opmode_notif; 1086 bool opmode_notif_used; 1087 int support_p2p_ps; 1088 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1089 u8 he_capa_len; 1090 u16 airtime_weight; 1091 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1092 }; 1093 1094 /** 1095 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1096 * 1097 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1098 * 1099 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1100 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1101 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1102 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1103 */ 1104 struct station_del_parameters { 1105 const u8 *mac; 1106 u8 subtype; 1107 u16 reason_code; 1108 }; 1109 1110 /** 1111 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1112 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1113 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1114 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1115 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1116 * the AP MLME in the device 1117 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1118 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1119 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1120 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1121 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1122 * supported/used) 1123 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1124 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1125 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1126 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1127 */ 1128 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1129 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1130 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1131 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1132 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1133 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1134 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1135 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1136 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1137 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1138 }; 1139 1140 /** 1141 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1142 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1143 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1144 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1145 * 1146 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1147 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1148 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1149 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1150 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1151 */ 1152 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1153 struct station_parameters *params, 1154 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1155 1156 /** 1157 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1158 * 1159 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1160 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1161 * 1162 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1163 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1164 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1165 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS 1166 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1167 */ 1168 enum rate_info_flags { 1169 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1170 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1171 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1172 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3), 1173 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1174 }; 1175 1176 /** 1177 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1178 * 1179 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1180 * 1181 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1182 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1183 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1184 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1185 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1186 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1187 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1188 */ 1189 enum rate_info_bw { 1190 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1191 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1192 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1193 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1194 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1195 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1196 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1197 }; 1198 1199 /** 1200 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1201 * 1202 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1203 * 1204 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1205 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1206 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1207 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1208 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1209 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1210 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1211 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1212 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1213 */ 1214 struct rate_info { 1215 u8 flags; 1216 u8 mcs; 1217 u16 legacy; 1218 u8 nss; 1219 u8 bw; 1220 u8 he_gi; 1221 u8 he_dcm; 1222 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1223 }; 1224 1225 /** 1226 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1227 * 1228 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1229 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1230 * 1231 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1232 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1233 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1234 */ 1235 enum bss_param_flags { 1236 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1237 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1238 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1239 }; 1240 1241 /** 1242 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1243 * 1244 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1245 * 1246 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1247 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1248 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1249 */ 1250 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1251 u8 flags; 1252 u8 dtim_period; 1253 u16 beacon_interval; 1254 }; 1255 1256 /** 1257 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1258 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1259 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1260 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1261 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1262 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1263 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1264 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1265 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1266 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1267 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1268 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1269 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1270 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1271 */ 1272 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1273 u32 filled; 1274 u32 backlog_bytes; 1275 u32 backlog_packets; 1276 u32 flows; 1277 u32 drops; 1278 u32 ecn_marks; 1279 u32 overlimit; 1280 u32 overmemory; 1281 u32 collisions; 1282 u32 tx_bytes; 1283 u32 tx_packets; 1284 u32 max_flows; 1285 }; 1286 1287 /** 1288 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1289 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1290 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1291 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1292 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1293 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1294 * transmitted MSDUs 1295 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1296 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1297 */ 1298 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1299 u32 filled; 1300 u64 rx_msdu; 1301 u64 tx_msdu; 1302 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1303 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1304 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1305 }; 1306 1307 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1308 1309 /** 1310 * struct station_info - station information 1311 * 1312 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1313 * 1314 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1315 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1316 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1317 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1318 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1319 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1320 * @llid: mesh local link id 1321 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1322 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1323 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1324 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1325 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1326 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1327 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1328 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1329 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1330 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1331 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1332 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1333 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1334 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1335 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1336 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1337 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1338 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1339 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1340 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1341 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1342 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1343 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1344 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1345 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1346 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1347 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1348 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1349 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1350 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1351 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1352 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1353 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1354 * towards this station. 1355 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1356 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1357 * from this peer 1358 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1359 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1360 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1361 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1362 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1363 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1364 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1365 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1366 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1367 * been sent. 1368 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1369 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1370 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1371 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1372 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1373 */ 1374 struct station_info { 1375 u64 filled; 1376 u32 connected_time; 1377 u32 inactive_time; 1378 u64 rx_bytes; 1379 u64 tx_bytes; 1380 u16 llid; 1381 u16 plid; 1382 u8 plink_state; 1383 s8 signal; 1384 s8 signal_avg; 1385 1386 u8 chains; 1387 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1388 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1389 1390 struct rate_info txrate; 1391 struct rate_info rxrate; 1392 u32 rx_packets; 1393 u32 tx_packets; 1394 u32 tx_retries; 1395 u32 tx_failed; 1396 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1397 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1398 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1399 1400 int generation; 1401 1402 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1403 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1404 1405 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1406 s64 t_offset; 1407 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1408 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1409 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1410 1411 u32 expected_throughput; 1412 1413 u64 tx_duration; 1414 u64 rx_duration; 1415 u64 rx_beacon; 1416 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1417 u8 connected_to_gate; 1418 1419 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1420 s8 ack_signal; 1421 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1422 1423 u16 airtime_weight; 1424 1425 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1426 u32 fcs_err_count; 1427 1428 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1429 }; 1430 1431 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1432 /** 1433 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1434 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1435 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1436 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1437 * 1438 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1439 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1440 * considered undefined. 1441 */ 1442 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1443 struct station_info *sinfo); 1444 #else 1445 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1446 const u8 *mac_addr, 1447 struct station_info *sinfo) 1448 { 1449 return -ENOENT; 1450 } 1451 #endif 1452 1453 /** 1454 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1455 * 1456 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1457 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1458 * 1459 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1460 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1461 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1462 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1463 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1464 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1465 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1466 */ 1467 enum monitor_flags { 1468 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1469 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1470 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1471 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1472 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1473 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1474 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1475 }; 1476 1477 /** 1478 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1479 * 1480 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1481 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1482 * 1483 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1484 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1485 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1486 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1487 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1488 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1489 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1490 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1491 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1492 */ 1493 enum mpath_info_flags { 1494 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1495 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1496 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1497 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1498 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1499 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1500 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1501 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1502 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1503 }; 1504 1505 /** 1506 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1507 * 1508 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1509 * 1510 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1511 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1512 * @sn: target sequence number 1513 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1514 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1515 * @flags: mesh path flags 1516 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1517 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1518 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1519 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1520 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1521 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1522 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1523 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1524 */ 1525 struct mpath_info { 1526 u32 filled; 1527 u32 frame_qlen; 1528 u32 sn; 1529 u32 metric; 1530 u32 exptime; 1531 u32 discovery_timeout; 1532 u8 discovery_retries; 1533 u8 flags; 1534 u8 hop_count; 1535 u32 path_change_count; 1536 1537 int generation; 1538 }; 1539 1540 /** 1541 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1542 * 1543 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1544 * 1545 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1546 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1547 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1548 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1549 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1550 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1551 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1552 * (or NULL for no change) 1553 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1554 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1555 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1556 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1557 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1558 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1559 */ 1560 struct bss_parameters { 1561 int use_cts_prot; 1562 int use_short_preamble; 1563 int use_short_slot_time; 1564 const u8 *basic_rates; 1565 u8 basic_rates_len; 1566 int ap_isolate; 1567 int ht_opmode; 1568 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1569 }; 1570 1571 /** 1572 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1573 * 1574 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1575 * 1576 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1577 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1578 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1579 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1580 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1581 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1582 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1583 * mesh interface 1584 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1585 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1586 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1587 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1588 * elements 1589 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1590 * detect compatible mesh peers 1591 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1592 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1593 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1594 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1595 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1596 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1597 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1598 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1599 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1600 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1601 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1602 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1603 * element 1604 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1605 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1606 * element 1607 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1608 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1609 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1610 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1611 * announcements are transmitted 1612 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1613 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1614 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1615 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1616 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1617 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1618 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1619 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1620 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1621 * station to establish a peer link 1622 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1623 * 1624 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1625 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1626 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1627 * 1628 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1629 * PREQs are transmitted. 1630 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1631 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1632 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1633 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1634 * setting for new peer links. 1635 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1636 * after transmitting its beacon. 1637 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1638 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1639 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1640 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1641 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1642 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1643 * in the mesh path table 1644 */ 1645 struct mesh_config { 1646 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1647 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1648 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1649 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1650 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1651 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1652 u8 element_ttl; 1653 bool auto_open_plinks; 1654 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1655 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1656 u32 path_refresh_time; 1657 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1658 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1659 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1660 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1661 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1662 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1663 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1664 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1665 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1666 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1667 s32 rssi_threshold; 1668 u16 ht_opmode; 1669 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1670 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1671 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1672 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1673 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1674 u32 plink_timeout; 1675 }; 1676 1677 /** 1678 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1679 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1680 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1681 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1682 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1683 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1684 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1685 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1686 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1687 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1688 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1689 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1690 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1691 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1692 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1693 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1694 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1695 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1696 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1697 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1698 * to operate on DFS channels. 1699 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1700 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1701 * 1702 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1703 */ 1704 struct mesh_setup { 1705 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1706 const u8 *mesh_id; 1707 u8 mesh_id_len; 1708 u8 sync_method; 1709 u8 path_sel_proto; 1710 u8 path_metric; 1711 u8 auth_id; 1712 const u8 *ie; 1713 u8 ie_len; 1714 bool is_authenticated; 1715 bool is_secure; 1716 bool user_mpm; 1717 u8 dtim_period; 1718 u16 beacon_interval; 1719 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1720 u32 basic_rates; 1721 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1722 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1723 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1724 }; 1725 1726 /** 1727 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1728 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1729 * 1730 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1731 */ 1732 struct ocb_setup { 1733 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1734 }; 1735 1736 /** 1737 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1738 * @ac: AC identifier 1739 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1740 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1741 * 1..32767] 1742 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1743 * 1..32767] 1744 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1745 */ 1746 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1747 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1748 u16 txop; 1749 u16 cwmin; 1750 u16 cwmax; 1751 u8 aifs; 1752 }; 1753 1754 /** 1755 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1756 * 1757 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1758 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1759 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1760 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1761 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1762 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1763 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1764 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1765 * in the wiphy structure. 1766 * 1767 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1768 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1769 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1770 * 1771 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1772 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1773 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1774 * to userspace. 1775 */ 1776 1777 /** 1778 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1779 * @ssid: the SSID 1780 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1781 */ 1782 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1783 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1784 u8 ssid_len; 1785 }; 1786 1787 /** 1788 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1789 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1790 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1791 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1792 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1793 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1794 * userspace will be notified of that 1795 */ 1796 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1797 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1798 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1799 bool aborted; 1800 }; 1801 1802 /** 1803 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1804 * 1805 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1806 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1807 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1808 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1809 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1810 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1811 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1812 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1813 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1814 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1815 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1816 * %duration field. 1817 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1818 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1819 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1820 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1821 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1822 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1823 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1824 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1825 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1826 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1827 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1828 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1829 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1830 */ 1831 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1832 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1833 int n_ssids; 1834 u32 n_channels; 1835 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1836 const u8 *ie; 1837 size_t ie_len; 1838 u16 duration; 1839 bool duration_mandatory; 1840 u32 flags; 1841 1842 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1843 1844 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1845 1846 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1847 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1848 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1849 1850 /* internal */ 1851 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1852 unsigned long scan_start; 1853 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1854 bool notified; 1855 bool no_cck; 1856 1857 /* keep last */ 1858 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1859 }; 1860 1861 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1862 { 1863 int i; 1864 1865 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1866 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1867 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1868 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1869 } 1870 } 1871 1872 /** 1873 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1874 * 1875 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1876 * or no match (RSSI only) 1877 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1878 * or no match (RSSI only) 1879 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1880 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 1881 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 1882 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 1883 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 1884 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 1885 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 1886 * corresponding matchset. 1887 */ 1888 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1889 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1890 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1891 s32 rssi_thold; 1892 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1893 }; 1894 1895 /** 1896 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 1897 * 1898 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 1899 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 1900 * infinite loop. 1901 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 1902 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 1903 */ 1904 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 1905 u32 interval; 1906 u32 iterations; 1907 }; 1908 1909 /** 1910 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 1911 * 1912 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 1913 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 1914 */ 1915 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 1916 enum nl80211_band band; 1917 s8 delta; 1918 }; 1919 1920 /** 1921 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 1922 * 1923 * @reqid: identifies this request. 1924 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 1925 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1926 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1927 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1928 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1929 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1930 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1931 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 1932 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 1933 * (others are filtered out). 1934 * If ommited, all results are passed. 1935 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 1936 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 1937 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1938 * @dev: the interface 1939 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 1940 * @channels: channels to scan 1941 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 1942 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 1943 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1944 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1945 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1946 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1947 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 1948 * index must be executed first. 1949 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 1950 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 1951 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 1952 * owned by a particular socket) 1953 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 1954 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 1955 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 1956 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 1957 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 1958 * supported. 1959 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 1960 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 1961 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 1962 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 1963 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 1964 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 1965 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 1966 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 1967 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 1968 * comparisions. 1969 */ 1970 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 1971 u64 reqid; 1972 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1973 int n_ssids; 1974 u32 n_channels; 1975 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1976 const u8 *ie; 1977 size_t ie_len; 1978 u32 flags; 1979 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 1980 int n_match_sets; 1981 s32 min_rssi_thold; 1982 u32 delay; 1983 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 1984 int n_scan_plans; 1985 1986 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1987 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1988 1989 bool relative_rssi_set; 1990 s8 relative_rssi; 1991 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 1992 1993 /* internal */ 1994 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1995 struct net_device *dev; 1996 unsigned long scan_start; 1997 bool report_results; 1998 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 1999 u32 owner_nlportid; 2000 bool nl_owner_dead; 2001 struct list_head list; 2002 2003 /* keep last */ 2004 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2005 }; 2006 2007 /** 2008 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2009 * 2010 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2011 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2012 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2013 */ 2014 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2015 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2016 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2017 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2018 }; 2019 2020 /** 2021 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2022 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2023 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2024 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2025 * signal type 2026 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2027 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2028 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2029 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2030 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2031 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2032 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2033 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2034 * by %parent_bssid. 2035 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2036 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2037 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2038 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2039 */ 2040 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2041 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2042 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2043 s32 signal; 2044 u64 boottime_ns; 2045 u64 parent_tsf; 2046 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2047 u8 chains; 2048 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2049 }; 2050 2051 /** 2052 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2053 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2054 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2055 * @len: length of the IEs 2056 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2057 * @data: IE data 2058 */ 2059 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2060 u64 tsf; 2061 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2062 int len; 2063 bool from_beacon; 2064 u8 data[]; 2065 }; 2066 2067 /** 2068 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2069 * 2070 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2071 * for use in scan results and similar. 2072 * 2073 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2074 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2075 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2076 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2077 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2078 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2079 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2080 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2081 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2082 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2083 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2084 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2085 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2086 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2087 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2088 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2089 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2090 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2091 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2092 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2093 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2094 * (multi-BSSID support) 2095 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2096 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2097 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2098 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2099 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2100 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2101 */ 2102 struct cfg80211_bss { 2103 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2104 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2105 2106 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2107 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2108 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2109 2110 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2111 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2112 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2113 2114 s32 signal; 2115 2116 u16 beacon_interval; 2117 u16 capability; 2118 2119 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2120 u8 chains; 2121 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2122 2123 u8 bssid_index; 2124 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2125 2126 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2127 }; 2128 2129 /** 2130 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2131 * @bss: the bss to search 2132 * @id: the element ID 2133 * 2134 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2135 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2136 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2137 */ 2138 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2139 2140 /** 2141 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2142 * @bss: the bss to search 2143 * @id: the element ID 2144 * 2145 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2146 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2147 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2148 */ 2149 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2150 { 2151 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2152 } 2153 2154 2155 /** 2156 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2157 * 2158 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2159 * authentication. 2160 * 2161 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2162 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2163 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2164 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2165 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2166 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2167 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2168 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2169 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2170 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2171 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2172 * transaction sequence number field. 2173 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2174 */ 2175 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2176 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2177 const u8 *ie; 2178 size_t ie_len; 2179 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2180 const u8 *key; 2181 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2182 const u8 *auth_data; 2183 size_t auth_data_len; 2184 }; 2185 2186 /** 2187 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2188 * 2189 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2190 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2191 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2192 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2193 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2194 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2195 * request (connect callback). 2196 */ 2197 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2198 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2199 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2200 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2201 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2202 }; 2203 2204 /** 2205 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2206 * 2207 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2208 * (re)association. 2209 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2210 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2211 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2212 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2213 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2214 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2215 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2216 * @crypto: crypto settings 2217 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2218 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2219 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2220 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2221 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2222 * frame. 2223 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2224 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2225 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2226 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2227 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2228 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2229 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2230 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2231 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2232 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2233 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2234 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2235 */ 2236 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2237 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2238 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2239 size_t ie_len; 2240 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2241 bool use_mfp; 2242 u32 flags; 2243 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2244 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2245 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2246 const u8 *fils_kek; 2247 size_t fils_kek_len; 2248 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2249 }; 2250 2251 /** 2252 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2253 * 2254 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2255 * deauthentication. 2256 * 2257 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2258 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2259 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2260 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2261 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2262 * do not set a deauth frame 2263 */ 2264 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2265 const u8 *bssid; 2266 const u8 *ie; 2267 size_t ie_len; 2268 u16 reason_code; 2269 bool local_state_change; 2270 }; 2271 2272 /** 2273 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2274 * 2275 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2276 * disassociation. 2277 * 2278 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2279 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2280 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2281 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2282 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2283 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2284 */ 2285 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2286 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2287 const u8 *ie; 2288 size_t ie_len; 2289 u16 reason_code; 2290 bool local_state_change; 2291 }; 2292 2293 /** 2294 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2295 * 2296 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2297 * method. 2298 * 2299 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2300 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2301 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2302 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2303 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2304 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2305 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2306 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2307 * @ie_len: length of that 2308 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2309 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2310 * after joining 2311 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2312 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2313 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2314 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2315 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2316 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2317 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2318 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2319 * to operate on DFS channels. 2320 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2321 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2322 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2323 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2324 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2325 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2326 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2327 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2328 */ 2329 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2330 const u8 *ssid; 2331 const u8 *bssid; 2332 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2333 const u8 *ie; 2334 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2335 u16 beacon_interval; 2336 u32 basic_rates; 2337 bool channel_fixed; 2338 bool privacy; 2339 bool control_port; 2340 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2341 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2342 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2343 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2344 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2345 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2346 int wep_tx_key; 2347 }; 2348 2349 /** 2350 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2351 * 2352 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2353 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2354 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2355 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2356 */ 2357 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2358 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2359 union { 2360 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2361 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2362 } param; 2363 }; 2364 2365 /** 2366 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2367 * 2368 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2369 * authentication and association. 2370 * 2371 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2372 * on scan results) 2373 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2374 * %NULL if not specified 2375 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2376 * results) 2377 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2378 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2379 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2380 * to use. 2381 * @ssid: SSID 2382 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2383 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2384 * @ie: IEs for association request 2385 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2386 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2387 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2388 * @crypto: crypto settings 2389 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2390 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2391 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2392 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2393 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2394 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2395 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2396 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2397 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2398 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2399 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2400 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2401 * networks. 2402 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2403 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2404 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2405 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2406 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2407 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2408 * frame. 2409 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2410 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2411 * data IE. 2412 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2413 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2414 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2415 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2416 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2417 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2418 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2419 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2420 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2421 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2422 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2423 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2424 */ 2425 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2426 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2427 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2428 const u8 *bssid; 2429 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2430 const u8 *ssid; 2431 size_t ssid_len; 2432 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2433 const u8 *ie; 2434 size_t ie_len; 2435 bool privacy; 2436 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2437 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2438 const u8 *key; 2439 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2440 u32 flags; 2441 int bg_scan_period; 2442 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2443 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2444 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2445 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2446 bool pbss; 2447 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2448 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2449 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2450 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2451 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2452 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2453 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2454 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2455 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2456 bool want_1x; 2457 }; 2458 2459 /** 2460 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2461 * 2462 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2463 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2464 * 2465 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2466 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2467 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2468 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2469 */ 2470 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2471 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2472 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2473 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2474 }; 2475 2476 /** 2477 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2478 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2479 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2480 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2481 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2482 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2483 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2484 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2485 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2486 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2487 */ 2488 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2489 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2490 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2491 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2492 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2493 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2494 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2495 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2496 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2497 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2498 }; 2499 2500 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2501 2502 /** 2503 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2504 * 2505 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2506 * caching. 2507 * 2508 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2509 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2510 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2511 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2512 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2513 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2514 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2515 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2516 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2517 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2518 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2519 * %NULL). 2520 */ 2521 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2522 const u8 *bssid; 2523 const u8 *pmkid; 2524 const u8 *pmk; 2525 size_t pmk_len; 2526 const u8 *ssid; 2527 size_t ssid_len; 2528 const u8 *cache_id; 2529 }; 2530 2531 /** 2532 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2533 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2534 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2535 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2536 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2537 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2538 * 2539 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2540 * memory, free @mask only! 2541 */ 2542 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2543 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2544 int pattern_len; 2545 int pkt_offset; 2546 }; 2547 2548 /** 2549 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2550 * 2551 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2552 * @src: source IP address 2553 * @dst: destination IP address 2554 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2555 * @src_port: source port 2556 * @dst_port: destination port 2557 * @payload_len: data payload length 2558 * @payload: data payload buffer 2559 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2560 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2561 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2562 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2563 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2564 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2565 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2566 */ 2567 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2568 struct socket *sock; 2569 __be32 src, dst; 2570 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2571 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2572 int payload_len; 2573 const u8 *payload; 2574 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2575 u32 data_interval; 2576 u32 wake_len; 2577 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2578 u32 tokens_size; 2579 /* must be last, variable member */ 2580 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2581 }; 2582 2583 /** 2584 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2585 * 2586 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2587 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2588 * operating as normal during suspend 2589 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2590 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2591 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2592 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2593 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2594 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2595 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2596 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2597 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2598 * NULL if not configured. 2599 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2600 */ 2601 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2602 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2603 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2604 rfkill_release; 2605 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2606 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2607 int n_patterns; 2608 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2609 }; 2610 2611 /** 2612 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2613 * 2614 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2615 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2616 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2617 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2618 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2619 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2620 */ 2621 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2622 int delay; 2623 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2624 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2625 int n_patterns; 2626 }; 2627 2628 /** 2629 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2630 * 2631 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2632 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2633 * @n_rules: number of rules 2634 */ 2635 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2636 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2637 int n_rules; 2638 }; 2639 2640 /** 2641 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2642 * 2643 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2644 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2645 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2646 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2647 * occurred (in MHz) 2648 */ 2649 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2650 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2651 int n_channels; 2652 u32 channels[]; 2653 }; 2654 2655 /** 2656 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2657 * 2658 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2659 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2660 * match information. 2661 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2662 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2663 */ 2664 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2665 int n_matches; 2666 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2667 }; 2668 2669 /** 2670 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2671 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2672 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2673 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2674 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2675 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2676 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2677 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2678 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2679 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2680 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2681 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2682 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2683 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2684 * it is. 2685 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2686 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2687 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2688 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2689 */ 2690 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2691 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2692 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2693 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2694 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2695 s32 pattern_idx; 2696 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2697 const void *packet; 2698 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2699 }; 2700 2701 /** 2702 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2703 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2704 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2705 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2706 */ 2707 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2708 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2709 }; 2710 2711 /** 2712 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2713 * 2714 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2715 * 2716 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2717 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2718 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2719 */ 2720 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2721 u16 md; 2722 const u8 *ie; 2723 size_t ie_len; 2724 }; 2725 2726 /** 2727 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2728 * 2729 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2730 * 2731 * @chan: channel to use 2732 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2733 * @wait: duration for ROC 2734 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2735 * @len: buffer length 2736 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2737 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2738 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2739 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2740 */ 2741 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2742 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2743 bool offchan; 2744 unsigned int wait; 2745 const u8 *buf; 2746 size_t len; 2747 bool no_cck; 2748 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2749 int n_csa_offsets; 2750 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2751 }; 2752 2753 /** 2754 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2755 * 2756 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2757 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2758 */ 2759 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2760 u8 dscp; 2761 u8 up; 2762 }; 2763 2764 /** 2765 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2766 * 2767 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2768 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2769 */ 2770 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2771 u8 low; 2772 u8 high; 2773 }; 2774 2775 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2776 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2777 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2778 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2779 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2780 2781 /** 2782 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2783 * 2784 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2785 * 2786 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2787 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2788 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2789 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2790 */ 2791 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2792 u8 num_des; 2793 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2794 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2795 }; 2796 2797 /** 2798 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2799 * 2800 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2801 * 2802 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2803 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2804 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2805 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2806 */ 2807 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2808 u8 master_pref; 2809 u8 bands; 2810 }; 2811 2812 /** 2813 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2814 * configuration 2815 * 2816 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2817 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2818 */ 2819 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2820 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2821 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2822 }; 2823 2824 /** 2825 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2826 * 2827 * @filter: the content of the filter 2828 * @len: the length of the filter 2829 */ 2830 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2831 const u8 *filter; 2832 u8 len; 2833 }; 2834 2835 /** 2836 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2837 * 2838 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2839 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2840 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2841 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2842 * implementation specific. 2843 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2844 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2845 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2846 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2847 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2848 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2849 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2850 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2851 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2852 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2853 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2854 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2855 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2856 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2857 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2858 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2859 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2860 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2861 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2862 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2863 */ 2864 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2865 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2866 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2867 u8 publish_type; 2868 bool close_range; 2869 bool publish_bcast; 2870 bool subscribe_active; 2871 u8 followup_id; 2872 u8 followup_reqid; 2873 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2874 u32 ttl; 2875 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2876 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2877 bool srf_include; 2878 const u8 *srf_bf; 2879 u8 srf_bf_len; 2880 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2881 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2882 int srf_num_macs; 2883 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2884 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2885 u8 num_tx_filters; 2886 u8 num_rx_filters; 2887 u8 instance_id; 2888 u64 cookie; 2889 }; 2890 2891 /** 2892 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 2893 * 2894 * @aa: authenticator address 2895 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 2896 * @pmk: the PMK material 2897 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 2898 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 2899 * holds PMK-R0. 2900 */ 2901 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 2902 const u8 *aa; 2903 u8 pmk_len; 2904 const u8 *pmk; 2905 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 2906 }; 2907 2908 /** 2909 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 2910 * 2911 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 2912 * 2913 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 2914 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 2915 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 2916 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 2917 * authentication response command interface. 2918 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 2919 * authentication response command interface. 2920 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 2921 * authentication request event interface. 2922 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 2923 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 2924 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 2925 * response command interface (user space to driver). 2926 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2927 */ 2928 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 2929 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 2930 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2931 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2932 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 2933 u16 status; 2934 const u8 *pmkid; 2935 }; 2936 2937 /** 2938 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 2939 * 2940 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 2941 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2942 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 2943 * answered 2944 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 2945 * successfully answered 2946 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 2947 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 2948 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 2949 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 2950 * of how much time the responder was busy 2951 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 2952 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 2953 * the responder 2954 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 2955 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 2956 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 2957 */ 2958 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 2959 u32 filled; 2960 u32 success_num; 2961 u32 partial_num; 2962 u32 failed_num; 2963 u32 asap_num; 2964 u32 non_asap_num; 2965 u64 total_duration_ms; 2966 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 2967 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 2968 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 2969 }; 2970 2971 /** 2972 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 2973 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 2974 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 2975 * reason than just "failure" 2976 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 2977 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 2978 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 2979 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 2980 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 2981 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 2982 * by the responder 2983 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 2984 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 2985 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 2986 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 2987 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 2988 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 2989 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 2990 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2991 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2992 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 2993 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 2994 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 2995 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 2996 * the square root of the variance) 2997 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 2998 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 2999 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3000 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3001 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3002 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3003 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3004 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3005 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3006 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3007 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3008 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3009 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3010 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3011 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3012 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3013 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3014 */ 3015 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3016 const u8 *lci; 3017 const u8 *civicloc; 3018 unsigned int lci_len; 3019 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3020 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3021 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3022 s16 burst_index; 3023 u8 busy_retry_time; 3024 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3025 u8 burst_duration; 3026 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3027 s32 rssi_avg; 3028 s32 rssi_spread; 3029 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3030 s64 rtt_avg; 3031 s64 rtt_variance; 3032 s64 rtt_spread; 3033 s64 dist_avg; 3034 s64 dist_variance; 3035 s64 dist_spread; 3036 3037 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3038 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3039 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3040 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3041 tx_rate_valid:1, 3042 rx_rate_valid:1, 3043 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3044 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3045 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3046 dist_avg_valid:1, 3047 dist_variance_valid:1, 3048 dist_spread_valid:1; 3049 }; 3050 3051 /** 3052 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3053 * @addr: address of the peer 3054 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3055 * measurement was made) 3056 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3057 * @status: status of the measurement 3058 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3059 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3060 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3061 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3062 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3063 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3064 */ 3065 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3066 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3067 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3068 3069 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3070 3071 u8 final:1, 3072 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3073 3074 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3075 3076 union { 3077 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3078 }; 3079 }; 3080 3081 /** 3082 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3083 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3084 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3085 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3086 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3087 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3088 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3089 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3090 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3091 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3092 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3093 * 3094 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3095 */ 3096 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3097 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3098 u16 burst_period; 3099 u8 requested:1, 3100 asap:1, 3101 request_lci:1, 3102 request_civicloc:1; 3103 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3104 u8 burst_duration; 3105 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3106 u8 ftmr_retries; 3107 }; 3108 3109 /** 3110 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3111 * @addr: MAC address 3112 * @chandef: channel to use 3113 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3114 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3115 */ 3116 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3117 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3118 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3119 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3120 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3121 }; 3122 3123 /** 3124 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3125 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3126 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3127 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3128 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3129 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3130 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3131 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3132 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3133 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3134 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3135 * zero it means there's no timeout 3136 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3137 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3138 */ 3139 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3140 u64 cookie; 3141 void *drv_data; 3142 u32 n_peers; 3143 u32 nl_portid; 3144 3145 u32 timeout; 3146 3147 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3148 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3149 3150 struct list_head list; 3151 3152 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3153 }; 3154 3155 /** 3156 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3157 * 3158 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3159 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3160 * 3161 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3162 * 3163 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3164 * has to be done. 3165 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3166 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3167 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3168 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3169 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3170 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3171 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3172 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3173 */ 3174 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3175 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3176 u16 status; 3177 const u8 *ie; 3178 size_t ie_len; 3179 }; 3180 3181 /** 3182 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3183 * 3184 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3185 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3186 * 3187 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3188 * on success or a negative error code. 3189 * 3190 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3191 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3192 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3193 * 3194 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3195 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3196 * configured for the device. 3197 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3198 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3199 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3200 * the device. 3201 * 3202 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3203 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3204 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3205 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3206 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3207 * 3208 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3209 * 3210 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3211 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3212 * 3213 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3214 * when adding a group key. 3215 * 3216 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3217 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3218 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3219 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3220 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3221 * 3222 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3223 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3224 * 3225 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3226 * 3227 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3228 * 3229 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3230 * 3231 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3232 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3233 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3234 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3235 * 3236 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3237 * @del_station: Remove a station 3238 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3239 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3240 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3241 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3242 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3243 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3244 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3245 * 3246 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3247 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3248 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3249 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3250 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3251 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3252 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3253 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3254 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3255 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3256 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3257 * 3258 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3259 * 3260 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3261 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3262 * set, and which to leave alone. 3263 * 3264 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3265 * 3266 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3267 * 3268 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3269 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3270 * join the mesh instead. 3271 * 3272 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3273 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3274 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3275 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3276 * 3277 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3278 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3279 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3280 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3281 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3282 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3283 * 3284 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3285 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3286 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3287 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3288 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3289 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3290 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3291 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3292 * 3293 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3294 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3295 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3296 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3297 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3298 * was received. 3299 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3300 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3301 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3302 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3303 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3304 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3305 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3306 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3307 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3308 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3309 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3310 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3311 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3312 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3313 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3314 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3315 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3316 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3317 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3318 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3319 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3320 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3321 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3322 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3323 * 3324 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3325 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3326 * to a merge. 3327 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3328 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3329 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3330 * 3331 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3332 * MESH mode) 3333 * 3334 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3335 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3336 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3337 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3338 * 3339 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3340 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3341 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3342 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3343 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3344 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3345 * return 0 if successful 3346 * 3347 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3348 * 3349 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3350 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3351 * 3352 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3353 * 3354 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3355 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3356 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3357 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3358 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3359 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3360 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3361 * the duration value. 3362 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3363 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3364 * frame on another channel 3365 * 3366 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3367 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3368 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3369 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3370 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3371 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3372 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3373 * 3374 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3375 * 3376 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3377 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3378 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3379 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3380 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3381 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3382 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3383 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3384 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3385 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3386 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3387 * disabled.) 3388 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3389 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3390 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3391 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3392 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3393 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3394 * thresholds. 3395 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3396 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3397 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3398 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3399 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3400 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3401 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3402 * 3403 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3404 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3405 * 3406 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3407 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3408 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3409 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3410 * 3411 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3412 * 3413 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3414 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3415 * 3416 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3417 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3418 * 3419 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3420 * 3421 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3422 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3423 * current monitoring channel. 3424 * 3425 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3426 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3427 * 3428 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3429 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3430 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3431 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3432 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3433 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3434 * 3435 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3436 * 3437 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3438 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3439 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3440 * 3441 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3442 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3443 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3444 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3445 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3446 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3447 * 3448 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3449 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3450 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3451 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3452 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3453 * as soon as possible. 3454 * 3455 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3456 * 3457 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3458 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3459 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3460 * 3461 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3462 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3463 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3464 * account. 3465 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3466 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3467 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3468 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3469 * rejected) 3470 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3471 * 3472 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3473 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3474 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3475 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3476 * 3477 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3478 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3479 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3480 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3481 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3482 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3483 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3484 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3485 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3486 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3487 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3488 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3489 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3490 * provided @nan_func. 3491 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3492 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3493 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3494 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3495 * 3496 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3497 * 3498 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3499 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3500 * 3501 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3502 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3503 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3504 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3505 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3506 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3507 * 3508 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3509 * user space 3510 * 3511 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3512 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3513 * 3514 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3515 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3516 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3517 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3518 * 3519 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3520 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3521 * DH IE through this interface. 3522 * 3523 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3524 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3525 */ 3526 struct cfg80211_ops { 3527 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3528 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3529 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3530 3531 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3532 const char *name, 3533 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3534 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3535 struct vif_params *params); 3536 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3537 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3538 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3539 struct net_device *dev, 3540 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3541 struct vif_params *params); 3542 3543 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3544 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3545 struct key_params *params); 3546 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3547 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3548 void *cookie, 3549 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3550 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3551 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3552 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3553 struct net_device *netdev, 3554 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3555 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3556 struct net_device *netdev, 3557 u8 key_index); 3558 3559 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3560 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3561 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3562 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3563 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3564 3565 3566 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3567 const u8 *mac, 3568 struct station_parameters *params); 3569 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3570 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3571 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3572 const u8 *mac, 3573 struct station_parameters *params); 3574 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3575 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3576 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3577 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3578 3579 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3580 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3581 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3582 const u8 *dst); 3583 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3584 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3585 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3586 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3587 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3588 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3589 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3590 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3591 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3592 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3593 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3594 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3595 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3596 struct net_device *dev, 3597 struct mesh_config *conf); 3598 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3599 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3600 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3601 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3602 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3603 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3604 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3605 3606 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3607 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3608 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3609 3610 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3611 struct bss_parameters *params); 3612 3613 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3614 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3615 3616 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3617 struct net_device *dev, 3618 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3619 3620 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3621 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3622 3623 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3624 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3625 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3626 3627 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3628 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3629 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3630 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3631 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3632 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3633 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3634 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3635 3636 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3637 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3638 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3639 struct net_device *dev, 3640 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3641 u32 changed); 3642 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3643 u16 reason_code); 3644 3645 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3646 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3647 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3648 3649 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3650 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3651 3652 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3653 3654 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3655 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3656 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3657 int *dbm); 3658 3659 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3660 const u8 *addr); 3661 3662 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3663 3664 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3665 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3666 void *data, int len); 3667 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3668 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3669 void *data, int len); 3670 #endif 3671 3672 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3673 struct net_device *dev, 3674 const u8 *peer, 3675 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3676 3677 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3678 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3679 3680 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3681 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3682 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3683 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3684 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3685 3686 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3687 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3688 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3689 unsigned int duration, 3690 u64 *cookie); 3691 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3692 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3693 u64 cookie); 3694 3695 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3696 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3697 u64 *cookie); 3698 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3699 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3700 u64 cookie); 3701 3702 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3703 bool enabled, int timeout); 3704 3705 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3706 struct net_device *dev, 3707 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3708 3709 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3710 struct net_device *dev, 3711 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3712 3713 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3714 struct net_device *dev, 3715 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3716 3717 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3718 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3719 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3720 3721 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3722 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3723 3724 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3725 struct net_device *dev, 3726 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3727 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3728 u64 reqid); 3729 3730 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3731 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3732 3733 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3734 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3735 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3736 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3737 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3738 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3739 3740 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3741 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3742 3743 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3744 struct net_device *dev, 3745 u16 noack_map); 3746 3747 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3748 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3749 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3750 3751 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3752 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3753 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3754 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3755 3756 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3757 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3758 3759 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3760 struct net_device *dev, 3761 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3762 u32 cac_time_ms); 3763 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3764 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3765 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3766 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3767 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3768 u16 duration); 3769 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3770 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3771 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3772 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3773 3774 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3775 struct net_device *dev, 3776 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3777 3778 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3779 struct net_device *dev, 3780 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3781 3782 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3783 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3784 3785 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3786 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3787 u16 admitted_time); 3788 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3789 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3790 3791 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3792 struct net_device *dev, 3793 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3794 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3795 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3796 struct net_device *dev, 3797 const u8 *addr); 3798 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3799 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3800 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3801 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3802 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3803 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3804 u64 cookie); 3805 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3806 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3807 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3808 u32 changes); 3809 3810 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3811 struct net_device *dev, 3812 const bool enabled); 3813 3814 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3815 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3816 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3817 3818 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3819 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3820 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3821 const u8 *aa); 3822 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3823 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3824 3825 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3826 struct net_device *dev, 3827 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3828 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3829 const bool noencrypt); 3830 3831 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3832 struct net_device *dev, 3833 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3834 3835 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3836 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3837 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3838 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3839 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3840 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3841 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3842 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3843 }; 3844 3845 /* 3846 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3847 * and registration/helper functions 3848 */ 3849 3850 /** 3851 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3852 * 3853 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3854 * wiphy at all 3855 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3856 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3857 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3858 * reason to override the default 3859 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3860 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 3861 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 3862 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3863 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3864 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3865 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3866 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3867 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3868 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3869 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3870 * firmware. 3871 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3872 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3873 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3874 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3875 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3876 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3877 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3878 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3879 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3880 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3881 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3882 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3883 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3884 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3885 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3886 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3887 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3888 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3889 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3890 * before connection. 3891 */ 3892 enum wiphy_flags { 3893 /* use hole at 0 */ 3894 /* use hole at 1 */ 3895 /* use hole at 2 */ 3896 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 3897 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 3898 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 3899 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 3900 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 3901 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 3902 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 3903 /* use hole at 11 */ 3904 /* use hole at 12 */ 3905 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 3906 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 3907 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 3908 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 3909 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 3910 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 3911 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 3912 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 3913 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 3914 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 3915 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 3916 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 3917 }; 3918 3919 /** 3920 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 3921 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 3922 * @types: interface types (bits) 3923 */ 3924 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 3925 u16 max; 3926 u16 types; 3927 }; 3928 3929 /** 3930 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 3931 * 3932 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 3933 * combinations it supports concurrently. 3934 * 3935 * Examples: 3936 * 3937 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 3938 * 3939 * .. code-block:: c 3940 * 3941 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 3942 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3943 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 3944 * }; 3945 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 3946 * .limits = limits1, 3947 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 3948 * .max_interfaces = 2, 3949 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 3950 * }; 3951 * 3952 * 3953 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 3954 * 3955 * .. code-block:: c 3956 * 3957 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 3958 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 3959 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 3960 * }; 3961 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 3962 * .limits = limits2, 3963 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 3964 * .max_interfaces = 8, 3965 * .num_different_channels = 1, 3966 * }; 3967 * 3968 * 3969 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 3970 * 3971 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 3972 * 3973 * .. code-block:: c 3974 * 3975 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 3976 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3977 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 3978 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 3979 * }; 3980 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 3981 * .limits = limits3, 3982 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 3983 * .max_interfaces = 4, 3984 * .num_different_channels = 2, 3985 * }; 3986 * 3987 */ 3988 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 3989 /** 3990 * @limits: 3991 * limits for the given interface types 3992 */ 3993 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 3994 3995 /** 3996 * @num_different_channels: 3997 * can use up to this many different channels 3998 */ 3999 u32 num_different_channels; 4000 4001 /** 4002 * @max_interfaces: 4003 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4004 */ 4005 u16 max_interfaces; 4006 4007 /** 4008 * @n_limits: 4009 * number of limitations 4010 */ 4011 u8 n_limits; 4012 4013 /** 4014 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4015 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4016 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4017 */ 4018 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4019 4020 /** 4021 * @radar_detect_widths: 4022 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4023 */ 4024 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4025 4026 /** 4027 * @radar_detect_regions: 4028 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4029 */ 4030 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4031 4032 /** 4033 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4034 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4035 * 4036 * = 0 4037 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4038 * > 0 4039 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4040 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4041 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4042 */ 4043 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4044 }; 4045 4046 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4047 u16 tx, rx; 4048 }; 4049 4050 /** 4051 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4052 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4053 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4054 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4055 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4056 * packet should be preserved in that case 4057 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4058 * (see nl80211.h) 4059 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4060 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4061 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4062 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4063 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4064 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4065 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4066 */ 4067 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4068 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4069 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4070 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4071 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4072 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4073 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4074 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4075 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4076 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4077 }; 4078 4079 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4080 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4081 u32 data_payload_max; 4082 u32 data_interval_max; 4083 u32 wake_payload_max; 4084 bool seq; 4085 }; 4086 4087 /** 4088 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4089 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4090 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4091 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4092 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4093 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4094 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4095 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4096 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4097 * scheduled scans. 4098 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4099 * details. 4100 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4101 */ 4102 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4103 u32 flags; 4104 int n_patterns; 4105 int pattern_max_len; 4106 int pattern_min_len; 4107 int max_pkt_offset; 4108 int max_nd_match_sets; 4109 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4110 }; 4111 4112 /** 4113 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4114 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4115 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4116 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4117 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4118 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4119 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4120 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4121 */ 4122 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4123 int n_rules; 4124 int max_delay; 4125 int n_patterns; 4126 int pattern_max_len; 4127 int pattern_min_len; 4128 int max_pkt_offset; 4129 }; 4130 4131 /** 4132 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4133 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4134 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4135 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4136 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4137 */ 4138 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4139 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4140 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4141 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4142 }; 4143 4144 /** 4145 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4146 * 4147 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4148 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4149 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4150 * 4151 */ 4152 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4153 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4154 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4155 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4156 }; 4157 4158 /** 4159 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4160 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4161 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4162 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4163 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4164 */ 4165 4166 struct sta_opmode_info { 4167 u32 changed; 4168 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4169 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4170 u8 rx_nss; 4171 }; 4172 4173 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4174 4175 /** 4176 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4177 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4178 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4179 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4180 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4181 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4182 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4183 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4184 * dumpit calls. 4185 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4186 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4187 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4188 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4189 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4190 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4191 * are used with dump requests. 4192 */ 4193 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4194 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4195 u32 flags; 4196 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4197 const void *data, int data_len); 4198 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4199 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4200 unsigned long *storage); 4201 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4202 unsigned int maxattr; 4203 }; 4204 4205 /** 4206 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4207 * @iftype: interface type 4208 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4209 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4210 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4211 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4212 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4213 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4214 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4215 */ 4216 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4217 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4218 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4219 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4220 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4221 }; 4222 4223 /** 4224 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4225 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4226 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4227 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4228 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4229 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4230 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4231 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4232 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4233 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4234 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4235 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4236 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4237 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4238 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4239 * not limited) 4240 */ 4241 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4242 unsigned int max_peers; 4243 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4244 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4245 4246 struct { 4247 u32 preambles; 4248 u32 bandwidths; 4249 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4250 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4251 u8 supported:1, 4252 asap:1, 4253 non_asap:1, 4254 request_lci:1, 4255 request_civicloc:1; 4256 } ftm; 4257 }; 4258 4259 /** 4260 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4261 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4262 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4263 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4264 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4265 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4266 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4267 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4268 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4269 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4270 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4271 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4272 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4273 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4274 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4275 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4276 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4277 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4278 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4279 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4280 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4281 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4282 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4283 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4284 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4285 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4286 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4287 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4288 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4289 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4290 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4291 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4292 * unregister hardware 4293 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4294 * automatically on wiphy renames 4295 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4296 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4297 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4298 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4299 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4300 * must be set by driver 4301 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4302 * list single interface types. 4303 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4304 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4305 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4306 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4307 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4308 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4309 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4310 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4311 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4312 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4313 * this variable determines its size 4314 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4315 * any given scan 4316 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4317 * the device can run concurrently. 4318 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4319 * for in any given scheduled scan 4320 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4321 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4322 * supported. 4323 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4324 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4325 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4326 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4327 * scans 4328 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4329 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4330 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4331 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4332 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4333 * scan plan supported by the device. 4334 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4335 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4336 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4337 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4338 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4339 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4340 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4341 * 4342 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4343 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4344 * type 4345 * 4346 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4347 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4348 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4349 * 4350 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4351 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4352 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4353 * 4354 * @probe_resp_offload: 4355 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4356 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4357 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4358 * 4359 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4360 * may request, if implemented. 4361 * 4362 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4363 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4364 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4365 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4366 * 4367 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4368 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4369 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4370 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4371 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4372 * 4373 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4374 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4375 * 4376 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4377 * supports for ACL. 4378 * 4379 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4380 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4381 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4382 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4383 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4384 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4385 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4386 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4387 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4388 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4389 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4390 * capabilities are specified separately. 4391 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4392 * 4393 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4394 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4395 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4396 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4397 * 4398 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4399 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4400 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4401 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4402 * 4403 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4404 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4405 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4406 * infinite. 4407 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4408 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4409 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4410 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4411 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4412 * This value should be set in MHz. 4413 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4414 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4415 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4416 * 4417 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4418 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4419 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4420 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4421 * 4422 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4423 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4424 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4425 * 4426 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4427 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4428 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4429 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4430 * 4431 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4432 */ 4433 struct wiphy { 4434 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4435 4436 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4437 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4438 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4439 4440 struct mac_address *addresses; 4441 4442 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4443 4444 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4445 int n_iface_combinations; 4446 u16 software_iftypes; 4447 4448 u16 n_addresses; 4449 4450 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4451 u16 interface_modes; 4452 4453 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4454 4455 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4456 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4457 4458 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4459 4460 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4461 4462 int bss_priv_size; 4463 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4464 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4465 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4466 u8 max_match_sets; 4467 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4468 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4469 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4470 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4471 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4472 4473 int n_cipher_suites; 4474 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4475 4476 int n_akm_suites; 4477 const u32 *akm_suites; 4478 4479 u8 retry_short; 4480 u8 retry_long; 4481 u32 frag_threshold; 4482 u32 rts_threshold; 4483 u8 coverage_class; 4484 4485 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4486 u32 hw_version; 4487 4488 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4489 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4490 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4491 #endif 4492 4493 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4494 4495 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4496 4497 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4498 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4499 4500 /* 4501 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4502 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4503 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4504 */ 4505 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4506 4507 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4508 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4509 4510 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4511 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4512 4513 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4514 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4515 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4516 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4517 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4518 const void *privid; 4519 4520 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4521 4522 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4523 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4524 struct regulatory_request *request); 4525 4526 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4527 4528 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4529 4530 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4531 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4532 struct device dev; 4533 4534 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4535 bool registered; 4536 4537 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4538 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4539 4540 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4541 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4542 4543 struct list_head wdev_list; 4544 4545 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4546 possible_net_t _net; 4547 4548 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4549 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4550 #endif 4551 4552 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4553 4554 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4555 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4556 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4557 4558 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4559 4560 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4561 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4562 4563 u32 bss_select_support; 4564 4565 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4566 4567 u32 txq_limit; 4568 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4569 u32 txq_quantum; 4570 4571 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4572 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4573 4574 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4575 4576 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4577 }; 4578 4579 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4580 { 4581 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4582 } 4583 4584 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4585 { 4586 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4587 } 4588 4589 /** 4590 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4591 * 4592 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4593 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4594 */ 4595 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4596 { 4597 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4598 return &wiphy->priv; 4599 } 4600 4601 /** 4602 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4603 * 4604 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4605 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4606 */ 4607 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4608 { 4609 BUG_ON(!priv); 4610 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4611 } 4612 4613 /** 4614 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4615 * 4616 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4617 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4618 */ 4619 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4620 { 4621 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4622 } 4623 4624 /** 4625 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4626 * 4627 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4628 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4629 */ 4630 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4631 { 4632 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4633 } 4634 4635 /** 4636 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4637 * 4638 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4639 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4640 */ 4641 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4642 { 4643 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4644 } 4645 4646 /** 4647 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4648 * 4649 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4650 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4651 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4652 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4653 * 4654 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4655 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4656 * 4657 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4658 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4659 */ 4660 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4661 const char *requested_name); 4662 4663 /** 4664 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4665 * 4666 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4667 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4668 * 4669 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4670 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4671 * 4672 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4673 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4674 */ 4675 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4676 int sizeof_priv) 4677 { 4678 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4679 } 4680 4681 /** 4682 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4683 * 4684 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4685 * 4686 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4687 */ 4688 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4689 4690 /** 4691 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4692 * 4693 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4694 * 4695 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4696 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4697 * request that is being handled. 4698 */ 4699 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4700 4701 /** 4702 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4703 * 4704 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4705 */ 4706 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4707 4708 /* internal structs */ 4709 struct cfg80211_conn; 4710 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4711 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4712 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4713 4714 /** 4715 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4716 * 4717 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4718 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4719 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4720 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4721 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4722 * 4723 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4724 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4725 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4726 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4727 * 4728 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4729 * @iftype: interface type 4730 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4731 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4732 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4733 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4734 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4735 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4736 * the user-set channel definition. 4737 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4738 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4739 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4740 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4741 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4742 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4743 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4744 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4745 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4746 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4747 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4748 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4749 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4750 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4751 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4752 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4753 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4754 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4755 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4756 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4757 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4758 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4759 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4760 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4761 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4762 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4763 * and some API functions require it held 4764 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4765 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4766 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4767 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4768 * the P2P Device. 4769 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4770 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4771 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4772 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4773 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4774 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4775 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4776 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4777 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4778 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4779 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4780 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4781 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4782 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4783 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4784 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4785 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4786 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4787 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4788 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4789 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4790 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4791 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4792 */ 4793 struct wireless_dev { 4794 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4795 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4796 4797 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4798 struct list_head list; 4799 struct net_device *netdev; 4800 4801 u32 identifier; 4802 4803 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4804 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4805 4806 struct mutex mtx; 4807 4808 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4809 4810 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4811 4812 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4813 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4814 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4815 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4816 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4817 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4818 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4819 4820 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4821 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4822 4823 struct list_head event_list; 4824 spinlock_t event_lock; 4825 4826 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4827 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4828 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4829 4830 bool ibss_fixed; 4831 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4832 4833 bool ps; 4834 int ps_timeout; 4835 4836 int beacon_interval; 4837 4838 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4839 4840 u32 owner_nlportid; 4841 bool nl_owner_dead; 4842 4843 bool cac_started; 4844 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4845 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4846 4847 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4848 /* wext data */ 4849 struct { 4850 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4851 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4852 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4853 const u8 *ie; 4854 size_t ie_len; 4855 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4856 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4857 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4858 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4859 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4860 } wext; 4861 #endif 4862 4863 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4864 4865 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4866 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4867 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4868 }; 4869 4870 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4871 { 4872 if (wdev->netdev) 4873 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4874 return wdev->address; 4875 } 4876 4877 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4878 { 4879 if (wdev->netdev) 4880 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4881 return wdev->is_running; 4882 } 4883 4884 /** 4885 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4886 * 4887 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4888 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4889 */ 4890 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4891 { 4892 BUG_ON(!wdev); 4893 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 4894 } 4895 4896 /** 4897 * DOC: Utility functions 4898 * 4899 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 4900 */ 4901 4902 /** 4903 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 4904 * @chan: channel number 4905 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 4906 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 4907 */ 4908 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 4909 4910 /** 4911 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 4912 * @freq: center frequency 4913 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 4914 */ 4915 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 4916 4917 /** 4918 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 4919 * 4920 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 4921 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 4922 * 4923 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 4924 */ 4925 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 4926 4927 /** 4928 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 4929 * 4930 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4931 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 4932 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 4933 * 4934 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 4935 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 4936 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 4937 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 4938 */ 4939 struct ieee80211_rate * 4940 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4941 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 4942 4943 /** 4944 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 4945 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4946 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 4947 * 4948 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 4949 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 4950 */ 4951 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4952 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 4953 4954 /* 4955 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 4956 * 4957 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 4958 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 4959 */ 4960 4961 struct radiotap_align_size { 4962 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 4963 }; 4964 4965 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 4966 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 4967 int n_bits; 4968 uint32_t oui; 4969 uint8_t subns; 4970 }; 4971 4972 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 4973 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 4974 int n_ns; 4975 }; 4976 4977 /** 4978 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 4979 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 4980 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 4981 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 4982 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 4983 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 4984 * the beginning of the actual data portion 4985 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 4986 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 4987 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 4988 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 4989 * radiotap namespace or not 4990 * 4991 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 4992 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 4993 * @_arg_index: next argument index 4994 * @_arg: next argument pointer 4995 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 4996 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 4997 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 4998 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 4999 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5000 * next bitmap word 5001 * 5002 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5003 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5004 */ 5005 5006 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5007 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5008 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5009 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5010 5011 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5012 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5013 5014 unsigned char *this_arg; 5015 int this_arg_index; 5016 int this_arg_size; 5017 5018 int is_radiotap_ns; 5019 5020 int _max_length; 5021 int _arg_index; 5022 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5023 int _reset_on_ext; 5024 }; 5025 5026 int 5027 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5028 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5029 int max_length, 5030 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5031 5032 int 5033 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5034 5035 5036 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5037 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5038 5039 /** 5040 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5041 * 5042 * @skb: the frame 5043 * 5044 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5045 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5046 * 5047 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5048 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5049 * 802.11 header. 5050 */ 5051 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5052 5053 /** 5054 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5055 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5056 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5057 */ 5058 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5059 5060 /** 5061 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5062 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5063 * (first byte) will be accessed 5064 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5065 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5066 */ 5067 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5068 5069 /** 5070 * DOC: Data path helpers 5071 * 5072 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5073 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5074 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5075 */ 5076 5077 /** 5078 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5079 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5080 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5081 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5082 * @addr: the device MAC address 5083 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5084 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5085 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5086 */ 5087 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5088 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5089 u8 data_offset); 5090 5091 /** 5092 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5093 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5094 * @addr: the device MAC address 5095 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5096 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5097 */ 5098 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5099 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5100 { 5101 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5102 } 5103 5104 /** 5105 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5106 * 5107 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5108 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5109 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5110 * 5111 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5112 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5113 * initialized by by the caller. 5114 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5115 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5116 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5117 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5118 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5119 */ 5120 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5121 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5122 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5123 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5124 5125 /** 5126 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5127 * @skb: the data frame 5128 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5129 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5130 */ 5131 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5132 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5133 5134 /** 5135 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5136 * 5137 * @eid: element ID 5138 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5139 * @len: length of data 5140 * @match: byte array to match 5141 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5142 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5143 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5144 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5145 * the data portion instead. 5146 * 5147 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5148 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5149 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5150 * requested element struct. 5151 * 5152 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5153 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5154 * byte array to match. 5155 */ 5156 const struct element * 5157 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5158 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5159 unsigned int match_offset); 5160 5161 /** 5162 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5163 * 5164 * @eid: element ID 5165 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5166 * @len: length of data 5167 * @match: byte array to match 5168 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5169 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5170 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5171 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5172 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5173 * the second byte is the IE length. 5174 * 5175 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5176 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5177 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5178 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5179 * element ID. 5180 * 5181 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5182 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5183 * byte array to match. 5184 */ 5185 static inline const u8 * 5186 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5187 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5188 unsigned int match_offset) 5189 { 5190 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5191 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5192 */ 5193 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5194 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5195 return NULL; 5196 5197 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5198 match, match_len, 5199 match_offset ? 5200 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5201 } 5202 5203 /** 5204 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5205 * 5206 * @eid: element ID 5207 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5208 * @len: length of data 5209 * 5210 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5211 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5212 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5213 * requested element struct. 5214 * 5215 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5216 * having to fit into the given data. 5217 */ 5218 static inline const struct element * 5219 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5220 { 5221 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5222 } 5223 5224 /** 5225 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5226 * 5227 * @eid: element ID 5228 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5229 * @len: length of data 5230 * 5231 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5232 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5233 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5234 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5235 * 5236 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5237 * having to fit into the given data. 5238 */ 5239 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5240 { 5241 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5242 } 5243 5244 /** 5245 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5246 * 5247 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5248 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5249 * @len: length of data 5250 * 5251 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5252 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5253 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5254 * requested element struct. 5255 * 5256 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5257 * having to fit into the given data. 5258 */ 5259 static inline const struct element * 5260 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5261 { 5262 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5263 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5264 } 5265 5266 /** 5267 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5268 * 5269 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5270 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5271 * @len: length of data 5272 * 5273 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5274 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5275 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5276 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5277 * 5278 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5279 * having to fit into the given data. 5280 */ 5281 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5282 { 5283 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5284 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5285 } 5286 5287 /** 5288 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5289 * 5290 * @oui: vendor OUI 5291 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5292 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5293 * @len: length of data 5294 * 5295 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5296 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5297 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5298 * 5299 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5300 * the given data. 5301 */ 5302 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5303 const u8 *ies, 5304 unsigned int len); 5305 5306 /** 5307 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5308 * 5309 * @oui: vendor OUI 5310 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5311 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5312 * @len: length of data 5313 * 5314 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5315 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5316 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5317 * element ID. 5318 * 5319 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5320 * the given data. 5321 */ 5322 static inline const u8 * 5323 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5324 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5325 { 5326 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5327 } 5328 5329 /** 5330 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5331 * 5332 * @dev: network device 5333 * @addr: STA MAC address 5334 * 5335 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5336 * devices upon STA association. 5337 */ 5338 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5339 5340 /** 5341 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5342 * 5343 * TODO 5344 */ 5345 5346 /** 5347 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5348 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5349 * conflicts) 5350 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5351 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5352 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5353 * alpha2. 5354 * 5355 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5356 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5357 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5358 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5359 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5360 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5361 * 5362 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5363 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5364 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5365 * 5366 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5367 * an -ENOMEM. 5368 * 5369 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5370 */ 5371 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5372 5373 /** 5374 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5375 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5376 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5377 * 5378 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5379 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5380 * information. 5381 * 5382 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5383 */ 5384 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5385 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5386 5387 /** 5388 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5389 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5390 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5391 * 5392 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5393 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5394 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5395 * 5396 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5397 */ 5398 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5399 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5400 5401 /** 5402 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5403 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5404 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5405 * 5406 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5407 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5408 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5409 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5410 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5411 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5412 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5413 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5414 * that called this helper. 5415 */ 5416 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5417 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5418 5419 /** 5420 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5421 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5422 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5423 * 5424 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5425 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5426 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5427 * and processed already. 5428 * 5429 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5430 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5431 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5432 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5433 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5434 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5435 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5436 */ 5437 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5438 u32 center_freq); 5439 5440 /** 5441 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5442 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5443 * 5444 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5445 * proper string representation. 5446 */ 5447 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5448 5449 /** 5450 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5451 * 5452 */ 5453 5454 /** 5455 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5456 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5457 * 5458 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5459 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5460 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5461 * 5462 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5463 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5464 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5465 * 5466 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5467 * an -ENODATA. 5468 * 5469 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5470 */ 5471 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5472 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5473 5474 /* 5475 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5476 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5477 */ 5478 5479 /** 5480 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5481 * 5482 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5483 * @info: information about the completed scan 5484 */ 5485 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5486 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5487 5488 /** 5489 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5490 * 5491 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5492 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5493 */ 5494 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5495 5496 /** 5497 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5498 * 5499 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5500 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5501 * 5502 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5503 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5504 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5505 */ 5506 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5507 5508 /** 5509 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5510 * 5511 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5512 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5513 * 5514 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5515 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5516 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5517 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5518 */ 5519 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5520 5521 /** 5522 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5523 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5524 * @data: the BSS metadata 5525 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5526 * @len: length of the management frame 5527 * @gfp: context flags 5528 * 5529 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5530 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5531 * 5532 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5533 * Or %NULL on error. 5534 */ 5535 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5536 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5537 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5538 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5539 gfp_t gfp); 5540 5541 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5542 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5543 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5544 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5545 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5546 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5547 { 5548 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5549 .chan = rx_channel, 5550 .scan_width = scan_width, 5551 .signal = signal, 5552 }; 5553 5554 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5555 } 5556 5557 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5558 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5559 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5560 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5561 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5562 { 5563 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5564 .chan = rx_channel, 5565 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5566 .signal = signal, 5567 }; 5568 5569 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5570 } 5571 5572 /** 5573 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5574 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5575 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5576 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5577 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5578 */ 5579 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5580 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5581 { 5582 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5583 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5584 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5585 5586 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5587 5588 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5589 5590 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5591 } 5592 5593 /** 5594 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5595 * @element: element to check 5596 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5597 */ 5598 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5599 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5600 5601 /** 5602 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5603 * @ie: ies 5604 * @ielen: length of IEs 5605 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5606 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5607 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5608 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5609 */ 5610 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5611 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5612 const struct element *sub_elem, 5613 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5614 5615 /** 5616 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5617 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5618 * from a beacon or probe response 5619 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5620 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5621 */ 5622 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5623 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5624 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5625 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5626 }; 5627 5628 /** 5629 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5630 * 5631 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5632 * @data: the BSS metadata 5633 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5634 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5635 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5636 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5637 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5638 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5639 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5640 * @gfp: context flags 5641 * 5642 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5643 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5644 * 5645 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5646 * Or %NULL on error. 5647 */ 5648 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5649 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5650 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5651 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5652 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5653 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5654 gfp_t gfp); 5655 5656 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5657 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5658 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5659 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5660 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5661 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5662 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5663 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5664 { 5665 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5666 .chan = rx_channel, 5667 .scan_width = scan_width, 5668 .signal = signal, 5669 }; 5670 5671 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5672 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5673 gfp); 5674 } 5675 5676 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5677 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5678 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5679 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5680 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5681 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5682 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5683 { 5684 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5685 .chan = rx_channel, 5686 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5687 .signal = signal, 5688 }; 5689 5690 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5691 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5692 gfp); 5693 } 5694 5695 /** 5696 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5697 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5698 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5699 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5700 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5701 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5702 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5703 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5704 */ 5705 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5706 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5707 const u8 *bssid, 5708 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5709 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5710 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5711 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5712 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5713 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5714 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5715 { 5716 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5717 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5718 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5719 } 5720 5721 /** 5722 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5723 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5724 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5725 * 5726 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5727 */ 5728 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5729 5730 /** 5731 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5732 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5733 * @bss: the BSS struct 5734 * 5735 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5736 */ 5737 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5738 5739 /** 5740 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5741 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5742 * @bss: the bss to remove 5743 * 5744 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5745 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5746 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5747 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5748 */ 5749 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5750 5751 /** 5752 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 5753 * 5754 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 5755 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 5756 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 5757 * 5758 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5759 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 5760 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 5761 * @iter: the iterator function to call 5762 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 5763 */ 5764 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5765 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5766 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5767 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5768 void *data), 5769 void *iter_data); 5770 5771 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5772 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5773 { 5774 switch (chandef->width) { 5775 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5776 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5777 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5778 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5779 default: 5780 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5781 } 5782 } 5783 5784 /** 5785 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5786 * @dev: network device 5787 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5788 * @len: length of the frame data 5789 * 5790 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5791 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5792 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5793 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5794 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5795 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5796 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5797 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5798 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5799 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5800 * 5801 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5802 */ 5803 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5804 5805 /** 5806 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5807 * @dev: network device 5808 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5809 * 5810 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5811 * mutex. 5812 */ 5813 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5814 5815 /** 5816 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5817 * @dev: network device 5818 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5819 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5820 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5821 * @len: length of the frame data 5822 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5823 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5824 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5825 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5826 * 5827 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5828 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5829 * 5830 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5831 */ 5832 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5833 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5834 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5835 int uapsd_queues, 5836 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5837 5838 /** 5839 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5840 * @dev: network device 5841 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5842 * 5843 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5844 */ 5845 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5846 5847 /** 5848 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5849 * @dev: network device 5850 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5851 * 5852 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5853 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5854 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5855 */ 5856 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5857 5858 /** 5859 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5860 * @dev: network device 5861 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5862 * @len: length of the frame data 5863 * 5864 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5865 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5866 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5867 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5868 */ 5869 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5870 5871 /** 5872 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5873 * @dev: network device 5874 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5875 * @len: length of the frame data 5876 * 5877 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5878 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5879 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5880 */ 5881 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5882 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5883 5884 /** 5885 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 5886 * @dev: network device 5887 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 5888 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 5889 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 5890 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 5891 * @gfp: allocation flags 5892 * 5893 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 5894 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 5895 * primitive. 5896 */ 5897 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 5898 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 5899 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 5900 5901 /** 5902 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 5903 * 5904 * @dev: network device 5905 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 5906 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 5907 * @gfp: allocation flags 5908 * 5909 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 5910 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 5911 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 5912 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 5913 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 5914 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 5915 */ 5916 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 5917 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 5918 5919 /** 5920 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 5921 * 5922 * @dev: network device 5923 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 5924 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 5925 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 5926 * @gfp: allocation flags 5927 * 5928 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 5929 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 5930 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 5931 */ 5932 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 5933 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 5934 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 5935 5936 /** 5937 * DOC: RFkill integration 5938 * 5939 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 5940 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 5941 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 5942 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 5943 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 5944 * 5945 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 5946 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 5947 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 5948 */ 5949 5950 /** 5951 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 5952 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5953 * @blocked: block status 5954 */ 5955 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 5956 5957 /** 5958 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 5959 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5960 */ 5961 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5962 5963 /** 5964 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 5965 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5966 */ 5967 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5968 5969 /** 5970 * DOC: Vendor commands 5971 * 5972 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 5973 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 5974 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 5975 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 5976 * the configuration mechanism. 5977 * 5978 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 5979 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 5980 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 5981 * 5982 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 5983 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 5984 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 5985 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 5986 * managers etc. need. 5987 */ 5988 5989 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5990 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5991 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5992 int approxlen); 5993 5994 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5995 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5996 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5997 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5998 unsigned int portid, 5999 int vendor_event_idx, 6000 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6001 6002 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6003 6004 /** 6005 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6006 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6007 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6008 * be put into the skb 6009 * 6010 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6011 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6012 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6013 * 6014 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6015 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6016 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6017 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6018 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6019 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6020 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6021 * 6022 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6023 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6024 * 6025 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6026 */ 6027 static inline struct sk_buff * 6028 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6029 { 6030 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6031 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6032 } 6033 6034 /** 6035 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6036 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6037 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6038 * 6039 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6040 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6041 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6042 * skb regardless of the return value. 6043 * 6044 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6045 */ 6046 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6047 6048 /** 6049 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6050 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6051 * 6052 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6053 * Valid to call only there. 6054 */ 6055 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6056 6057 /** 6058 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6059 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6060 * @wdev: the wireless device 6061 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6062 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6063 * be put into the skb 6064 * @gfp: allocation flags 6065 * 6066 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6067 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6068 * 6069 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6070 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6071 * attribute. 6072 * 6073 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6074 * skb to send the event. 6075 * 6076 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6077 */ 6078 static inline struct sk_buff * 6079 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6080 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6081 { 6082 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6083 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6084 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6085 } 6086 6087 /** 6088 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6089 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6090 * @wdev: the wireless device 6091 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6092 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6093 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6094 * be put into the skb 6095 * @gfp: allocation flags 6096 * 6097 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6098 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6099 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6100 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6101 * 6102 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6103 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6104 * attribute. 6105 * 6106 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6107 * skb to send the event. 6108 * 6109 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6110 */ 6111 static inline struct sk_buff * 6112 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6113 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6114 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6115 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6116 { 6117 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6118 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6119 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6120 } 6121 6122 /** 6123 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6124 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6125 * @gfp: allocation flags 6126 * 6127 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6128 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6129 */ 6130 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6131 { 6132 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6133 } 6134 6135 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6136 /** 6137 * DOC: Test mode 6138 * 6139 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6140 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6141 * factory programming. 6142 * 6143 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6144 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6145 */ 6146 6147 /** 6148 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6149 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6150 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6151 * be put into the skb 6152 * 6153 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6154 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6155 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6156 * 6157 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6158 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6159 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6160 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6161 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6162 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6163 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6164 * 6165 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6166 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6167 * 6168 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6169 */ 6170 static inline struct sk_buff * 6171 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6172 { 6173 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6174 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6175 } 6176 6177 /** 6178 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6179 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6180 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6181 * 6182 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6183 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6184 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6185 * regardless of the return value. 6186 * 6187 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6188 */ 6189 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6190 { 6191 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6192 } 6193 6194 /** 6195 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6196 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6197 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6198 * be put into the skb 6199 * @gfp: allocation flags 6200 * 6201 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6202 * testmode multicast group. 6203 * 6204 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6205 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6206 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6207 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6208 * in any other way. 6209 * 6210 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6211 * skb to send the event. 6212 * 6213 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6214 */ 6215 static inline struct sk_buff * 6216 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6217 { 6218 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6219 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6220 approxlen, gfp); 6221 } 6222 6223 /** 6224 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6225 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6226 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6227 * @gfp: allocation flags 6228 * 6229 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6230 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6231 * consumes it. 6232 */ 6233 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6234 { 6235 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6236 } 6237 6238 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6239 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6240 #else 6241 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6242 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6243 #endif 6244 6245 /** 6246 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6247 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6248 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6249 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6250 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6251 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6252 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6253 * status for a FILS connection. 6254 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6255 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6256 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6257 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6258 */ 6259 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6260 const u8 *kek; 6261 size_t kek_len; 6262 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6263 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6264 const u8 *pmk; 6265 size_t pmk_len; 6266 const u8 *pmkid; 6267 }; 6268 6269 /** 6270 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6271 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6272 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6273 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6274 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6275 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6276 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6277 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6278 * case. 6279 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6280 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6281 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6282 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6283 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6284 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6285 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6286 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6287 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6288 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6289 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6290 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6291 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6292 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6293 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6294 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6295 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6296 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6297 */ 6298 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6299 int status; 6300 const u8 *bssid; 6301 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6302 const u8 *req_ie; 6303 size_t req_ie_len; 6304 const u8 *resp_ie; 6305 size_t resp_ie_len; 6306 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6307 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6308 }; 6309 6310 /** 6311 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6312 * 6313 * @dev: network device 6314 * @params: connection response parameters 6315 * @gfp: allocation flags 6316 * 6317 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6318 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6319 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6320 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6321 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6322 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6323 */ 6324 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6325 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6326 gfp_t gfp); 6327 6328 /** 6329 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6330 * 6331 * @dev: network device 6332 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6333 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6334 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6335 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6336 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6337 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6338 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6339 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6340 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6341 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6342 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6343 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6344 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6345 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6346 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6347 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6348 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6349 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6350 * case. 6351 * @gfp: allocation flags 6352 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6353 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6354 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6355 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6356 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6357 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6358 * 6359 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6360 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6361 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6362 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6363 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6364 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6365 */ 6366 static inline void 6367 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6368 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6369 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6370 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6371 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6372 { 6373 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6374 6375 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6376 params.status = status; 6377 params.bssid = bssid; 6378 params.bss = bss; 6379 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6380 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6381 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6382 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6383 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6384 6385 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6386 } 6387 6388 /** 6389 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6390 * 6391 * @dev: network device 6392 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6393 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6394 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6395 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6396 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6397 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6398 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6399 * the real status code for failures. 6400 * @gfp: allocation flags 6401 * 6402 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6403 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6404 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6405 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6406 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6407 */ 6408 static inline void 6409 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6410 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6411 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6412 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6413 { 6414 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6415 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6416 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6417 } 6418 6419 /** 6420 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6421 * 6422 * @dev: network device 6423 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6424 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6425 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6426 * @gfp: allocation flags 6427 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6428 * 6429 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6430 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6431 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6432 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6433 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6434 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6435 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6436 */ 6437 static inline void 6438 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6439 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6440 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6441 { 6442 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6443 gfp, timeout_reason); 6444 } 6445 6446 /** 6447 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6448 * 6449 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6450 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6451 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6452 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6453 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6454 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6455 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6456 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6457 */ 6458 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6459 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6460 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6461 const u8 *bssid; 6462 const u8 *req_ie; 6463 size_t req_ie_len; 6464 const u8 *resp_ie; 6465 size_t resp_ie_len; 6466 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6467 }; 6468 6469 /** 6470 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6471 * 6472 * @dev: network device 6473 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6474 * @gfp: allocation flags 6475 * 6476 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6477 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6478 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6479 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6480 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6481 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6482 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6483 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6484 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6485 * released while diconneting from the current bss. 6486 */ 6487 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6488 gfp_t gfp); 6489 6490 /** 6491 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6492 * 6493 * @dev: network device 6494 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6495 * @gfp: allocation flags 6496 * 6497 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6498 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6499 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6500 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6501 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6502 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6503 */ 6504 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6505 gfp_t gfp); 6506 6507 /** 6508 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6509 * 6510 * @dev: network device 6511 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6512 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6513 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6514 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6515 * @gfp: allocation flags 6516 * 6517 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6518 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6519 */ 6520 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6521 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6522 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6523 6524 /** 6525 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6526 * @wdev: wireless device 6527 * @cookie: the request cookie 6528 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6529 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6530 * channel 6531 * @gfp: allocation flags 6532 */ 6533 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6534 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6535 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6536 6537 /** 6538 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6539 * @wdev: wireless device 6540 * @cookie: the request cookie 6541 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6542 * @gfp: allocation flags 6543 */ 6544 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6545 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6546 gfp_t gfp); 6547 6548 /** 6549 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6550 * @wdev: wireless device 6551 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6552 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6553 * @gfp: allocation flags 6554 */ 6555 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6556 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6557 6558 /** 6559 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6560 * 6561 * @sinfo: the station information 6562 * @gfp: allocation flags 6563 */ 6564 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6565 6566 /** 6567 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6568 * @sinfo: the station information 6569 * 6570 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6571 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6572 * the stack.) 6573 */ 6574 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6575 { 6576 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6577 } 6578 6579 /** 6580 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6581 * 6582 * @dev: the netdev 6583 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6584 * @sinfo: the station information 6585 * @gfp: allocation flags 6586 */ 6587 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6588 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6589 6590 /** 6591 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6592 * @dev: the netdev 6593 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6594 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6595 * @gfp: allocation flags 6596 */ 6597 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6598 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6599 6600 /** 6601 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6602 * 6603 * @dev: the netdev 6604 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6605 * @gfp: allocation flags 6606 */ 6607 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6608 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6609 { 6610 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6611 } 6612 6613 /** 6614 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6615 * 6616 * @dev: the netdev 6617 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6618 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6619 * @gfp: allocation flags 6620 * 6621 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6622 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6623 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6624 * 6625 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6626 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6627 */ 6628 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6629 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6630 gfp_t gfp); 6631 6632 /** 6633 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6634 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6635 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6636 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6637 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6638 * @len: length of the frame data 6639 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6640 * 6641 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6642 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6643 * 6644 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6645 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6646 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6647 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6648 */ 6649 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6650 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6651 6652 /** 6653 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6654 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6655 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6656 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6657 * @len: length of the frame data 6658 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6659 * @gfp: context flags 6660 * 6661 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6662 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6663 * transmission attempt. 6664 */ 6665 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6666 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6667 6668 6669 /** 6670 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6671 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6672 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6673 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6674 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6675 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6676 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6677 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6678 * 6679 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6680 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6681 * control port frames over nl80211. 6682 * 6683 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6684 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6685 * 6686 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6687 */ 6688 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6689 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6690 6691 /** 6692 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6693 * @dev: network device 6694 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6695 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6696 * @gfp: context flags 6697 * 6698 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6699 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6700 */ 6701 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6702 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6703 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6704 6705 /** 6706 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6707 * @dev: network device 6708 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6709 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6710 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6711 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6712 * @gfp: context flags 6713 */ 6714 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6715 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6716 6717 /** 6718 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6719 * @dev: network device 6720 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6721 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6722 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6723 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6724 * @gfp: context flags 6725 * 6726 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6727 * given interval is exceeded. 6728 */ 6729 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6730 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6731 6732 /** 6733 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6734 * @dev: network device 6735 * @gfp: context flags 6736 * 6737 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6738 */ 6739 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6740 6741 /** 6742 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6743 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6744 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6745 * @gfp: context flags 6746 * 6747 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6748 */ 6749 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6750 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6751 6752 /** 6753 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6754 * @dev: network device 6755 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6756 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6757 * @gfp: context flags 6758 * 6759 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6760 * frame. 6761 */ 6762 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6763 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6764 gfp_t gfp); 6765 6766 /** 6767 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6768 * @netdev: network device 6769 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6770 * @event: type of event 6771 * @gfp: context flags 6772 * 6773 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6774 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6775 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6776 */ 6777 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6778 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6779 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6780 6781 6782 /** 6783 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6784 * @dev: network device 6785 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6786 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6787 * @gfp: allocation flags 6788 */ 6789 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6790 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6791 6792 /** 6793 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6794 * @dev: network device 6795 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6796 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6797 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6798 * @gfp: allocation flags 6799 */ 6800 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6801 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6802 6803 /** 6804 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6805 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6806 * @addr: the transmitter address 6807 * @gfp: context flags 6808 * 6809 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6810 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6811 * sender. 6812 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6813 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6814 */ 6815 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6816 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6817 6818 /** 6819 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6820 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6821 * @addr: the transmitter address 6822 * @gfp: context flags 6823 * 6824 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6825 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6826 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6827 * station to avoid event flooding. 6828 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6829 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6830 */ 6831 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6832 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6833 6834 /** 6835 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6836 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6837 * @addr: the address of the peer 6838 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6839 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6840 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6841 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6842 * @gfp: allocation flags 6843 */ 6844 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6845 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6846 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6847 6848 /** 6849 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6850 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6851 * @frame: the frame 6852 * @len: length of the frame 6853 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6854 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6855 * 6856 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6857 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6858 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6859 */ 6860 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6861 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6862 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6863 6864 /** 6865 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6866 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6867 * @chandef: the channel definition 6868 * @iftype: interface type 6869 * 6870 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6871 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6872 */ 6873 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6874 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6875 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6876 6877 /** 6878 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6879 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6880 * @chandef: the channel definition 6881 * @iftype: interface type 6882 * 6883 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6884 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 6885 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 6886 * more permissive conditions. 6887 * 6888 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6889 */ 6890 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6891 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6892 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6893 6894 /* 6895 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 6896 * @dev: the device which switched channels 6897 * @chandef: the new channel definition 6898 * 6899 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 6900 * driver context! 6901 */ 6902 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6903 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6904 6905 /* 6906 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 6907 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 6908 * @chandef: the future channel definition 6909 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 6910 * 6911 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 6912 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 6913 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 6914 */ 6915 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6916 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6917 u8 count); 6918 6919 /** 6920 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 6921 * 6922 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 6923 * @band: band pointer to fill 6924 * 6925 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6926 */ 6927 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 6928 enum nl80211_band *band); 6929 6930 /** 6931 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 6932 * 6933 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 6934 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 6935 * 6936 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6937 */ 6938 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6939 u8 *op_class); 6940 6941 /* 6942 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 6943 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 6944 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 6945 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 6946 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 6947 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 6948 * @gfp: allocation flags 6949 * 6950 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 6951 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 6952 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 6953 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 6954 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 6955 */ 6956 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6957 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 6958 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 6959 6960 /* 6961 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 6962 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 6963 * 6964 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 6965 */ 6966 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 6967 6968 /** 6969 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 6970 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 6971 * 6972 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 6973 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 6974 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 6975 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 6976 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 6977 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 6978 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 6979 * 6980 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6981 */ 6982 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 6983 6984 /** 6985 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 6986 * @ies: FT IEs 6987 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 6988 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 6989 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 6990 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 6991 */ 6992 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 6993 const u8 *ies; 6994 size_t ies_len; 6995 const u8 *target_ap; 6996 const u8 *ric_ies; 6997 size_t ric_ies_len; 6998 }; 6999 7000 /** 7001 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7002 * @netdev: network device 7003 * @ft_event: IE information 7004 */ 7005 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7006 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7007 7008 /** 7009 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7010 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7011 * @len: the input length 7012 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7013 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7014 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7015 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7016 * 7017 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7018 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7019 * 7020 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7021 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7022 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7023 */ 7024 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7025 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7026 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7027 7028 /** 7029 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7030 * @ies: the IE buffer 7031 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7032 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7033 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7034 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7035 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7036 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7037 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7038 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7039 * 7040 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7041 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7042 * split. 7043 * 7044 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7045 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7046 * 7047 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7048 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7049 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7050 * 7051 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7052 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7053 * of the buffer should be used. 7054 */ 7055 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7056 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7057 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7058 size_t offset); 7059 7060 /** 7061 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7062 * @ies: the IE buffer 7063 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7064 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7065 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7066 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7067 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7068 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7069 * 7070 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7071 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7072 * split. 7073 * 7074 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7075 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7076 * 7077 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7078 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7079 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7080 * 7081 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7082 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7083 * of the buffer should be used. 7084 */ 7085 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7086 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7087 { 7088 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7089 } 7090 7091 /** 7092 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7093 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7094 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7095 * @gfp: allocation flags 7096 * 7097 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7098 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7099 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7100 * else caused the wakeup. 7101 */ 7102 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7103 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7104 gfp_t gfp); 7105 7106 /** 7107 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7108 * 7109 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7110 * @gfp: allocation flags 7111 * 7112 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7113 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7114 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7115 */ 7116 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7117 7118 /** 7119 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7120 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7121 * 7122 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7123 */ 7124 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7125 7126 /** 7127 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7128 * 7129 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7130 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7131 * 7132 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7133 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7134 * the interface combinations. 7135 */ 7136 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7137 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7138 7139 /** 7140 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7141 * 7142 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7143 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7144 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7145 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7146 * 7147 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7148 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7149 * purposes. 7150 */ 7151 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7152 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7153 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7154 void *data), 7155 void *data); 7156 7157 /* 7158 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7159 * 7160 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7161 * @wdev: wireless device 7162 * @gfp: context flags 7163 * 7164 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7165 * disconnected. 7166 * 7167 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7168 */ 7169 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7170 gfp_t gfp); 7171 7172 /** 7173 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7174 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7175 * 7176 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7177 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7178 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7179 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7180 * 7181 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7182 * the driver while the function is running. 7183 */ 7184 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7185 7186 /** 7187 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7188 * 7189 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7190 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7191 * 7192 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7193 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7194 */ 7195 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7196 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7197 { 7198 u8 *ft_byte; 7199 7200 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7201 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7202 } 7203 7204 /** 7205 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7206 * 7207 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7208 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7209 * 7210 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7211 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7212 */ 7213 static inline bool 7214 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7215 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7216 { 7217 u8 ft_byte; 7218 7219 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7220 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7221 } 7222 7223 /** 7224 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7225 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7226 * 7227 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7228 */ 7229 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7230 7231 /** 7232 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7233 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7234 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7235 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7236 * result. 7237 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7238 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7239 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7240 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7241 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7242 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7243 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7244 */ 7245 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7246 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7247 u8 inst_id; 7248 u8 peer_inst_id; 7249 const u8 *addr; 7250 u8 info_len; 7251 const u8 *info; 7252 u64 cookie; 7253 }; 7254 7255 /** 7256 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7257 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7258 * @match: match notification parameters 7259 * @gfp: allocation flags 7260 * 7261 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7262 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7263 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7264 */ 7265 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7266 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7267 7268 /** 7269 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7270 * 7271 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7272 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7273 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7274 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7275 * @gfp: allocation flags 7276 * 7277 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7278 */ 7279 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7280 u8 inst_id, 7281 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7282 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7283 7284 /* ethtool helper */ 7285 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7286 7287 /** 7288 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7289 * @netdev: network device 7290 * @params: External authentication parameters 7291 * @gfp: allocation flags 7292 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7293 */ 7294 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7295 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7296 gfp_t gfp); 7297 7298 /** 7299 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7300 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7301 * @req: the original measurement request 7302 * @result: the result data 7303 * @gfp: allocation flags 7304 */ 7305 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7306 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7307 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7308 gfp_t gfp); 7309 7310 /** 7311 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7312 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7313 * @req: the original measurement request 7314 * @gfp: allocation flags 7315 * 7316 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7317 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7318 */ 7319 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7320 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7321 gfp_t gfp); 7322 7323 /** 7324 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7325 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7326 * @iftype: interface type 7327 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7328 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7329 * 7330 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7331 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7332 * check_swif is '1'. 7333 */ 7334 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7335 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7336 7337 7338 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7339 7340 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7341 7342 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7343 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7344 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7345 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7346 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7347 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7348 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7349 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7350 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7351 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7352 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7353 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7354 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7355 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7356 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7357 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7358 7359 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7360 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7361 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7362 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7363 7364 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7365 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7366 7367 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7368 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7369 7370 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7371 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7372 #else 7373 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7374 ({ \ 7375 if (0) \ 7376 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7377 0; \ 7378 }) 7379 #endif 7380 7381 /* 7382 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7383 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7384 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7385 */ 7386 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7387 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7388 7389 /** 7390 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7391 * @netdev: network device 7392 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7393 * @gfp: allocation flags 7394 */ 7395 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7396 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7397 gfp_t gfp); 7398 7399 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7400